1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
113 struct linespec_result
*,
114 struct linespec_sals
*,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
116 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
134 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
137 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
138 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
142 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
143 struct symtab_and_line
,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct breakpoint
*
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
154 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
159 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
160 struct obj_section
*, int);
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
164 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
168 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
199 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
211 int *other_type_used
);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
229 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
242 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
264 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
266 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
270 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
273 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
276 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
278 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
280 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
282 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
284 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
285 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
286 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
292 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
295 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
296 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
298 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
300 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
309 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
310 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
311 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
312 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
313 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
315 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
316 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
317 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
318 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
324 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
326 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
327 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
328 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
329 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
331 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
333 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
334 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
335 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
336 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
337 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
338 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
339 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
341 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
343 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
345 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
347 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
348 breakpoints share a single command list. */
349 struct counted_command_line
351 /* The reference count. */
354 /* The command list. */
355 struct command_line
*commands
;
358 struct command_line
*
359 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
361 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
364 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
370 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
372 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
373 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
375 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
377 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
380 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
381 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
382 if such is available. */
383 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
387 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
390 fprintf_filtered (file
,
391 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
392 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
396 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
398 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
400 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
402 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
403 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
406 fprintf_filtered (file
,
407 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
408 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
412 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
413 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
414 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
415 use hardware breakpoints. */
416 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
419 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
422 fprintf_filtered (file
,
423 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
427 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
428 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
429 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
430 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
431 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
433 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
436 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
437 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
439 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
440 fprintf_filtered (file
,
441 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
442 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
444 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
446 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
451 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
453 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
454 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
457 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
459 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
460 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
461 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
462 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
463 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
464 condition_evaluation_auto
,
465 condition_evaluation_host
,
466 condition_evaluation_target
,
470 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
471 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
473 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
474 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
475 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
477 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
478 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
479 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
483 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
485 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
487 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
488 return condition_evaluation_target
;
490 return condition_evaluation_host
;
496 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
501 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
504 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
508 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
510 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
512 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
515 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
517 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
518 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
520 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
521 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
523 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
524 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
526 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
528 current breakpoint. */
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
533 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
534 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
538 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
539 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
541 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
542 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
543 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
547 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
548 to where the loop should start from.
549 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
550 appropriate location to start with. */
552 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
553 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
554 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
556 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
557 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
562 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
564 if (is_tracepoint (B))
566 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
568 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
570 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
572 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
574 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
576 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
578 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
579 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
580 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
581 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
582 an address you need to read. */
584 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
586 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
587 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
588 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
589 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
590 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
592 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
594 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
595 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
597 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
599 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
601 static int breakpoint_count
;
603 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
604 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
605 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
606 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
607 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
609 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
611 static int tracepoint_count
;
613 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
614 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
615 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
617 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
619 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
621 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
624 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
629 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
630 breakpoint_count
= num
;
631 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
634 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
635 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
636 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
638 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
642 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
644 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
651 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
653 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
656 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
661 struct breakpoint
*b
;
667 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
668 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
670 static struct counted_command_line
*
671 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
673 struct counted_command_line
*result
674 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
677 result
->commands
= commands
;
681 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
690 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
691 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
692 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
699 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
701 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
708 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
713 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
716 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 static struct cleanup
*
720 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
722 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
726 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
727 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730 get_breakpoint (int num
)
732 struct breakpoint
*b
;
735 if (b
->number
== num
)
743 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
744 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
749 struct bp_location
*loc
;
751 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
752 evaluating conditions and if the user has
753 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
755 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
756 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
762 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
763 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
766 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
767 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
772 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
773 evaluating conditions and if the user has
774 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
776 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
777 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
781 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
784 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
787 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
788 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
792 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
794 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
796 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
797 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
799 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
800 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
801 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
805 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
806 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
808 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
809 settings was "auto". */
810 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
812 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
813 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
815 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
816 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
817 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
819 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
820 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
825 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
827 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
828 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
832 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
833 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
834 target knows about. */
835 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
836 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
837 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
841 update_global_location_list (1);
847 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
848 what "auto" is translating to. */
851 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
852 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
854 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
855 fprintf_filtered (file
,
856 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
857 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
859 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
861 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
865 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
866 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
867 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
872 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
873 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
875 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
878 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
881 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
882 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
883 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 static struct bp_location
**
887 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
889 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
890 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
891 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
893 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
894 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
895 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
897 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
898 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
899 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
900 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
902 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
903 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
906 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
907 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
908 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
909 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
916 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
919 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
920 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
922 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
924 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
931 struct bp_location
*loc
;
933 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
938 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
939 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
940 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
947 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
953 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
954 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
955 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
956 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
958 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
960 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
962 innermost_block
= NULL
;
964 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
966 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
967 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
971 struct bp_location
*loc
;
973 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
977 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
978 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
980 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
984 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
986 breakpoints_changed ();
987 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
990 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
993 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
997 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
998 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1002 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1003 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1007 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1008 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1010 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1013 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1014 len
= strlen (text
);
1018 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1019 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1022 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1027 sprintf (location
, "%d", b
->number
);
1029 sprintf (location
, "%d.%d", b
->number
, count
);
1031 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1032 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1041 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1042 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1043 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1046 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1049 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1051 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1056 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1059 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1061 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1064 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1066 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1067 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1068 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1069 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1071 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1072 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1073 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1074 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1076 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1077 update_global_location_list (1);
1082 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1085 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1086 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1087 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1090 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1092 struct command_line
*c
;
1094 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1098 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1099 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1100 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1103 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1105 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1106 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1107 command directly. */
1108 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1109 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1112 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1119 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1121 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1122 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1123 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1127 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1129 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1132 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1133 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1137 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1138 struct command_line
*commands
)
1140 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1142 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1143 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1144 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1145 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1146 struct command_line
*c
;
1147 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1148 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1150 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1152 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1154 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1155 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1160 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1161 "can be used only once"));
1168 struct command_line
*c2
;
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1171 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1172 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1174 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1191 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1193 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1196 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1198 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1199 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1211 struct command_line
*commands
)
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1216 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1217 breakpoints_changed ();
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 breakpoints_changed ();
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1341 struct command_line
*control
)
1343 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1344 struct commands_info info
;
1346 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1347 info
.control
= control
;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1353 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1355 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1356 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1358 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1374 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1380 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1387 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1389 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1400 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1401 return simple_control
;
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1409 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1413 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1439 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1451 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1452 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1454 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1456 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1457 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1491 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1498 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1511 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1519 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1525 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1527 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1546 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1552 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1557 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1558 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1563 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1567 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1568 const unsigned char *bp
;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1570 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1574 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1594 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1604 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1616 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1631 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1643 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1645 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1711 int within_current_scope
;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1721 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1728 within_current_scope
= 1;
1731 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1747 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1749 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1750 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1751 if (within_current_scope
)
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1760 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1769 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1770 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b
->val
);
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1784 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1786 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1790 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1791 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1809 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1810 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1826 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1837 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1839 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1850 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1852 addr
= value_address (v
);
1854 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1881 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1883 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1887 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1903 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1904 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1920 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1922 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1924 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1943 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1949 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1951 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1952 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1955 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1957 next
= value_next (v
);
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1968 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1969 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1970 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1971 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2032 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2035 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2036 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2045 static struct agent_expr
*
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2048 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2049 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2059 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2083 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2085 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2086 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2108 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2115 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2153 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2165 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2166 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2171 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr
*
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2184 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2185 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2186 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2190 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2191 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2200 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2202 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2204 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2209 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2211 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2213 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2215 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2220 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2225 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2233 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2238 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2239 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2241 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2249 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2250 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2251 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2277 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2307 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2308 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2318 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2332 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2339 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2340 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2352 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2353 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2377 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2378 int *disabled_breaks
,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2384 struct gdb_exception e
;
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2415 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2418 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 struct mem_region
*mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2447 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2448 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2450 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2452 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2454 static int said
= 0;
2456 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2467 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2477 || bl
->section
== NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2483 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2488 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2510 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2511 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2525 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2530 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val
));
2596 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2601 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2602 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2617 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2622 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2623 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2630 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2639 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2642 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2645 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2647 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2650 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2679 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2684 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2692 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2694 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2698 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2700 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2701 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2703 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2728 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2745 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2749 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2763 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2767 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2799 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2820 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2823 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2827 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2858 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2868 int some_failed
= 0;
2869 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2877 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2880 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2881 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2888 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2892 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2929 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2930 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2940 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2942 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2949 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2954 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2965 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2966 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2968 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2969 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2970 struct inferior
*inf
;
2971 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2973 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2977 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2978 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2980 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2982 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2987 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2993 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3017 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3021 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3025 static struct breakpoint
*
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3027 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3033 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3036 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3037 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3039 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3040 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched
;
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched
;
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3080 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3090 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3101 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3104 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3110 return bp_objfile_data
;
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3118 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3126 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3134 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3139 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3141 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3143 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3153 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3154 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3157 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3159 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3161 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3162 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3166 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3167 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3177 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3179 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3183 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3193 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3197 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3201 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3206 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3209 struct probe
*probe
;
3210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3214 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3220 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3223 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3230 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3233 const char *func_name
;
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3239 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3242 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3244 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3254 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3255 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3257 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3258 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3272 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3275 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3279 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3289 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3294 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3296 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3298 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3299 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3343 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3348 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3350 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3352 struct probe
*probe
;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3363 bp_exception_master
,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3365 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3377 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3379 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3381 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3383 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3384 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3386 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3390 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3393 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3394 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3396 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3398 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3399 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3409 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3420 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3425 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3431 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3445 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3455 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3504 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3528 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3530 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3540 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3544 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3568 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3576 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3585 || bl
->section
== NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3604 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3623 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3642 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3644 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3647 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3649 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3657 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3662 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3664 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3668 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3678 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3683 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3691 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3695 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3709 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3729 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3731 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3742 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3748 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764 case bp_shlib_event
:
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3780 case bp_step_resume
:
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3797 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 value_free (w
->val
);
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3837 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3842 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3848 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3858 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3862 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3873 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3889 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3893 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3937 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3964 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3970 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3977 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3978 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3984 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4012 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4018 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4024 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4025 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4029 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4035 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4058 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4067 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4068 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4103 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4108 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4110 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4111 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4114 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4116 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4117 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4139 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4141 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4147 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4148 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4149 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4150 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4152 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4153 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4155 Return 1 otherwise. */
4158 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4163 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4165 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4166 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4167 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4168 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4169 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4171 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4173 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4177 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4180 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4182 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4185 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4188 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4192 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4194 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4196 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4198 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4204 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4207 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4209 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4211 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4213 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4214 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4215 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4216 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4217 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4221 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4224 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4227 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4229 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4232 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4233 or its equivalent. */
4236 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4238 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4239 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4242 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4243 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4244 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4245 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4247 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4248 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4249 bpstat of the current thread. */
4252 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4255 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4258 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4260 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4263 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4264 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4266 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4268 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4271 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4272 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4274 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4275 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4276 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4278 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4280 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4281 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4282 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4283 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4284 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4285 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4286 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4287 the tree when we're done. */
4288 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4289 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4290 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4291 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4292 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4294 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4300 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4302 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4308 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4309 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4311 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4313 if (target_can_async_p ())
4314 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4315 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4316 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4319 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4320 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4321 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4322 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4323 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4324 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4325 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4326 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4327 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4328 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4329 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4330 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4331 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4336 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4341 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4343 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4345 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4346 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4347 && target_has_execution
4348 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4349 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4350 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4351 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4352 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4353 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4354 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4357 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4360 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4363 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4366 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4369 struct value_print_options opts
;
4370 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4371 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4375 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4376 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4377 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4378 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4381 static enum print_stop_action
4382 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4384 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4387 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4388 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4392 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4393 relevant messages. */
4394 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4397 case print_it_normal
:
4399 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4401 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4402 which has since been deleted. */
4404 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4406 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4407 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4412 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4413 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4418 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4421 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4424 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4426 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4430 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4431 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4432 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4434 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4435 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4436 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4439 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4440 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4445 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4449 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4450 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4453 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4459 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4463 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4468 struct so_list
*iter
;
4470 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4473 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4476 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4490 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4491 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4492 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4493 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4494 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4495 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4496 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4499 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4500 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4501 code to print the location. An example is
4502 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4504 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4505 to also print the location part of the message.
4506 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4507 don't require a location appended to the end.
4508 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4509 further info to be printed. */
4511 enum print_stop_action
4512 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4516 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4517 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4518 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4519 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4520 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4522 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4523 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4524 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4525 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4529 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4530 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4531 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4532 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4534 print_solib_event (0);
4535 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4538 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4539 with and nothing was printed. */
4540 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4543 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4544 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4545 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4546 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4549 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4551 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4552 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4554 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4558 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4561 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4565 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4567 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4568 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4569 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4570 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4571 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4572 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4573 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4575 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4579 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4580 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4583 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4585 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4589 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4591 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4592 as not triggered. */
4594 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4596 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4598 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4604 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4606 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4607 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4609 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4611 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4613 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4616 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4619 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4620 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4624 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4626 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4627 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4629 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4630 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4632 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4634 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4635 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4637 if (newaddr
== start
)
4639 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4643 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4644 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4648 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4657 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4658 because of check_errors). */
4659 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4660 #define WP_DELETED 1
4661 /* The value has changed. */
4662 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4663 /* The value has not changed. */
4664 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4665 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4668 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4669 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4671 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4674 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4675 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4678 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4680 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4681 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4682 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4683 int within_current_scope
;
4685 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4686 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4687 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4689 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4690 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4691 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4692 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4695 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4696 within_current_scope
= 1;
4699 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4700 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4701 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4703 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4704 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4705 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4706 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4707 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4708 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4709 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4710 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4711 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4712 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4715 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4716 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4718 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4719 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4720 if (within_current_scope
)
4722 struct symbol
*function
;
4724 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4725 if (function
== NULL
4726 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4727 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4728 within_current_scope
= 0;
4731 if (within_current_scope
)
4732 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4733 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4738 if (within_current_scope
)
4740 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4741 time before we return to the command level and call
4742 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4743 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4747 struct value
*new_val
;
4749 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4750 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4751 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4752 a mask watchpoint. */
4753 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4755 mark
= value_mark ();
4756 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4758 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4759 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4760 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4761 not what we want. */
4762 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4763 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4765 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4767 release_value (new_val
);
4768 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4770 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4773 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4777 /* Nothing changed. */
4778 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4779 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4784 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4786 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4787 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4788 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4789 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4790 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4791 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4792 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4793 the first value assigned). */
4794 /* We print all the stop information in
4795 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4796 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4797 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4799 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4801 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4803 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4805 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4806 which its expression is valid.\n");
4808 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4809 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4810 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4816 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4817 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4818 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4821 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4822 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4823 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4825 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4827 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4828 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4830 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4833 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4834 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4837 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4839 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4840 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4842 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4843 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4844 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4845 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4846 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4849 int must_check_value
= 0;
4851 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4852 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4854 must_check_value
= 1;
4855 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4856 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4857 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4859 must_check_value
= 1;
4860 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4861 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4862 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4863 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4864 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4865 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4866 must_check_value
= 1;
4868 if (must_check_value
)
4871 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4873 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4874 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4876 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4880 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4881 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4885 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4888 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4889 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4891 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4893 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4894 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4895 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4896 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4897 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4898 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4899 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4902 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4903 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4906 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4907 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4908 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4909 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4911 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4912 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4913 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4916 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4917 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4918 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4919 changes. This still gives false positives when
4920 the program writes the same value to memory as
4921 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4922 it for a read), but it's much better than
4925 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4927 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4929 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4932 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4933 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4935 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4936 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4938 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4939 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4941 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4947 if (other_write_watchpoint
4948 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4950 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4951 and the value changed since the last time we
4952 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4954 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4959 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4960 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4961 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4963 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4964 the value hasn't changed. */
4965 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4973 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4974 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4975 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4976 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4977 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4981 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4983 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4984 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4985 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4986 anything for this watchpoint. */
4987 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4994 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4995 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4996 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4999 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5001 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5002 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5005 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5006 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5007 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5008 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5009 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5011 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5012 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5013 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5015 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5016 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5020 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5021 struct expression
*cond
;
5023 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5024 method implemented. */
5025 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5026 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5028 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5030 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5037 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5039 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5040 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5042 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5043 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5044 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5045 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5047 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5049 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5050 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5054 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5055 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5056 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5057 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5058 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5060 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5061 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5064 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5066 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5067 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5068 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5069 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5070 really matter which instantiation of the function
5071 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5072 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5073 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5074 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5075 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5076 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5077 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5078 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5080 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5082 select_frame (frame
);
5084 within_current_scope
= 0;
5086 if (within_current_scope
)
5088 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5089 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5093 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5094 "in the current scope"));
5095 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5096 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5099 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5100 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5103 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5107 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5111 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5114 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5116 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5118 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5124 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5125 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5127 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5128 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5131 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5133 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5135 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5136 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5137 several reasons concurrently.)
5139 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5140 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5143 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5144 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5145 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5147 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5148 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5149 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5150 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5151 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5152 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5155 int need_remove_insert
;
5158 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5159 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5160 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5161 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5162 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5163 inferior function calls. */
5167 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5170 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5172 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5173 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5174 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5175 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5176 checked all locations already. */
5177 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5180 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5183 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5186 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5189 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5192 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5193 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5194 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5198 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5199 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5200 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5202 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5204 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5206 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5211 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5213 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5215 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5216 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5219 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5223 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5224 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5225 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5227 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5229 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5231 handle_solib_event ();
5236 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5237 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5238 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5242 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5247 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5248 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5251 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5258 /* We will stop here. */
5259 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5261 --(b
->enable_count
);
5262 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5263 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5264 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5269 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5270 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5271 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5272 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5278 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5280 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5281 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5284 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5285 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5286 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5288 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5289 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5290 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5292 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5293 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5295 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5297 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5298 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5301 if (need_remove_insert
)
5302 update_global_location_list (1);
5303 else if (removed_any
)
5304 update_global_location_list (0);
5310 handle_jit_event (void)
5312 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5313 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5315 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5316 breakpoint_re_set. */
5317 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5319 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5320 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5322 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5324 target_terminal_inferior ();
5327 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5330 handle_solib_event (void)
5332 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5334 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5335 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5336 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5337 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5339 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5341 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5343 target_terminal_inferior ();
5346 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5348 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5351 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5353 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5357 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5358 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5359 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5361 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5363 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5364 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5365 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5368 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5370 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5371 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5375 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5382 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5385 case bp_shlib_event
:
5389 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5391 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5394 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5397 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5398 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5399 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5403 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5405 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5409 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5410 This requires no further action. */
5414 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5416 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5417 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5419 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5420 case bp_exception_resume
:
5421 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5422 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5424 case bp_step_resume
:
5426 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5429 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5430 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5433 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5435 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5438 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5439 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5442 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5443 case bp_thread_event
:
5444 case bp_overlay_event
:
5445 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5446 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5447 case bp_exception_master
:
5448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5454 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5460 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5461 This requires no further action. */
5466 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5469 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5470 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5471 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5472 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5474 case bp_std_terminate
:
5475 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5476 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5477 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5481 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5482 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5483 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5484 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5486 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5487 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5489 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5490 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5493 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5494 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5495 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5504 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5505 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5508 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5511 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5512 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5517 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5519 handle_jit_event ();
5522 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5524 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5530 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5531 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5533 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5534 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5542 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5543 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5544 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5547 bpstat_should_step (void)
5549 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5552 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5558 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5560 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5569 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5570 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5571 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5574 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5576 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5577 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5581 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5583 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5585 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5586 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5587 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5592 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5598 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5599 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5601 "host": Host evals condition.
5602 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5603 "target": Target evals condition.
5607 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5609 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5610 char host_evals
= 0;
5611 char target_evals
= 0;
5616 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5619 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5620 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5621 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5623 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5625 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5631 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5632 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5633 else if (target_evals
)
5634 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5636 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5639 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5640 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5643 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5645 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5648 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5649 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5650 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5652 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5653 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5655 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5658 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5661 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5662 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5664 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5665 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5667 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5671 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5673 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5674 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5675 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5678 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5681 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5682 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5683 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5684 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5685 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5686 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5689 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5691 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5693 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5694 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5700 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5704 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5705 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5707 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5709 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5711 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5716 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5717 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5718 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5720 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5721 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5722 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5723 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5726 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5730 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5732 struct ep_type_description
5737 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5739 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5740 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5741 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5742 {bp_until
, "until"},
5743 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5744 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5747 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5748 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5749 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5750 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5751 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5752 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5753 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5754 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5755 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5756 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5757 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5758 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5759 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5760 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5761 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5762 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5763 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5764 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5765 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5767 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5768 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5769 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5770 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5771 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5774 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5775 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5776 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5777 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5780 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5783 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5786 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5787 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5789 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5792 struct command_line
*l
;
5793 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5795 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5796 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5797 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5798 struct value_print_options opts
;
5800 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5802 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5803 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5804 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5807 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5808 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5816 if (part_of_multiple
)
5819 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5820 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5825 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5830 if (part_of_multiple
)
5831 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5837 if (part_of_multiple
)
5838 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5840 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5845 if (part_of_multiple
)
5846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5848 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5849 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5850 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5854 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5856 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5857 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5858 make sure there's just one location. */
5859 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5860 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5866 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5867 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5871 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5872 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5873 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5875 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5877 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5878 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5879 is relatively readable). */
5880 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5888 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5892 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5893 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5895 case bp_exception_resume
:
5896 case bp_step_resume
:
5897 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5898 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5900 case bp_std_terminate
:
5901 case bp_shlib_event
:
5902 case bp_thread_event
:
5903 case bp_overlay_event
:
5904 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5905 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5906 case bp_exception_master
:
5908 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5909 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5912 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5914 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5917 if (header_of_multiple
)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5919 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5922 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5923 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5926 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5927 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5934 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5937 && !header_of_multiple
5939 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5940 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5941 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5942 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5943 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5944 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5946 struct inferior
*inf
;
5949 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5951 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5956 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5959 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5960 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5965 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5967 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5969 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5970 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5971 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5972 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5974 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5976 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5977 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5981 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5983 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5984 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5986 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5990 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5992 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5993 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5994 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5997 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6000 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6003 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6004 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6006 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6007 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6008 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6009 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6010 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6012 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6013 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6014 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6015 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6017 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6020 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6022 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6024 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6028 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
6030 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6031 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6033 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6034 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6037 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6038 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6039 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6040 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6045 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6046 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6047 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6048 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6051 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6054 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6055 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6056 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6059 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6060 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6061 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6062 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6066 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6067 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6068 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6071 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6072 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6073 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6076 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6078 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6080 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6082 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6088 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->extra_string
6089 && b
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& !b
->commands
)
6092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t(agent printf) ");
6093 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "printf", b
->extra_string
);
6094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6097 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6098 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6100 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6103 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6104 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6105 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6108 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6110 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6112 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6114 annotate_field (10);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6121 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6123 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6125 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6127 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6129 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6130 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6135 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6136 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6139 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6140 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6142 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6144 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6145 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6147 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6148 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6149 locations, if any. */
6150 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6152 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6153 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6154 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6157 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6158 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6160 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6161 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6163 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6166 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6168 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6169 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6170 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6171 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6178 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6180 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6181 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6183 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6187 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6188 an address to print. */
6189 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6192 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6193 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6194 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6197 return print_address_bits
;
6200 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6206 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6208 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6209 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6210 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6214 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6216 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6224 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6225 char **error_message
)
6227 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6230 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6232 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6233 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6239 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6240 internal or momentary. */
6243 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6245 return b
->number
> 0;
6248 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6249 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6250 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6251 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6252 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6253 breakpoints listed. */
6256 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6257 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6259 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6260 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6261 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6262 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6263 struct value_print_options opts
;
6264 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6265 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6266 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6268 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6270 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6271 required for address fields. */
6272 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6275 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6276 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6279 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6280 accept. Skip the others. */
6281 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6283 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6285 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6289 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6291 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6293 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6294 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6295 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6297 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6298 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6299 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6301 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6305 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6307 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6308 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6312 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6313 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6316 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6317 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6318 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6320 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6321 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6323 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6324 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6325 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6327 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6328 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6330 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6331 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6333 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6335 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6336 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6337 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6339 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6340 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6342 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6344 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6345 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6346 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6347 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6352 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6353 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6356 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6357 accept. Skip the others. */
6359 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6361 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6363 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6366 else /* all others */
6368 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6372 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6374 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6375 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6378 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6380 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6382 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6386 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6387 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6389 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6390 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6396 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6397 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6400 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6401 there have been breakpoints? */
6402 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6404 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6407 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6408 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6411 default_collect_info (void)
6413 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6415 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6416 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6418 if (!*default_collect
)
6421 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6423 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6424 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6425 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6429 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6431 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6433 default_collect_info ();
6437 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6439 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6440 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6442 if (num_printed
== 0)
6444 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6445 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6447 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6452 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6454 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6456 default_collect_info ();
6460 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6461 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6462 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6464 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6466 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6468 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6469 && bl
->address
== pc
6470 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6476 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6477 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6481 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6482 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6483 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6489 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6490 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6494 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6495 else /* if (others == ???) */
6496 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6498 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6501 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6502 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6503 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6504 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6505 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6506 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6507 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6508 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6510 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6514 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6516 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6517 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6518 printf_filtered (".\n");
6523 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6524 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6525 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6526 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6528 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6529 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6530 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6531 breakpoint at address zero:
6539 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6541 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6543 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6546 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6547 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6550 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6551 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6553 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6554 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6556 /* Both of them must exist. */
6557 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6558 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6560 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6561 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6562 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6563 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6564 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6565 other watchpoint. */
6567 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6569 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6572 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6574 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6578 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6579 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6580 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6581 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6582 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6583 become hw_access locations later. */
6584 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6585 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6586 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6587 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6590 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6591 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6592 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6593 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6596 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6597 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6599 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6600 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6604 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6605 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6606 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6607 space doesn't really matter. */
6610 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6611 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6614 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6615 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6616 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6619 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6620 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6621 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6622 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6625 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6626 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6629 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6632 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6633 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6637 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6638 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6639 true, otherwise returns false. */
6642 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6643 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6645 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6646 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6647 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6648 different locations. */
6649 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6654 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6655 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6656 represent the same location. */
6659 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6660 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6662 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6664 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6665 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6666 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6668 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6669 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6671 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6674 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6675 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6676 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6678 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6679 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6680 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6681 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6685 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6686 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6688 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6689 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6693 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6694 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6696 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6697 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6699 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6702 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6703 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6704 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6705 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6708 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6709 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6711 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6713 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6716 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6717 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6718 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6719 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6720 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6722 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6723 have their addresses modified. */
6728 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6730 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6731 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6732 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6734 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6735 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6737 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6738 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6740 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6745 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6746 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6748 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6750 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6755 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6756 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6759 switch (owner
->type
)
6765 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6766 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6768 case bp_exception_resume
:
6769 case bp_step_resume
:
6770 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6771 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6773 case bp_std_terminate
:
6774 case bp_shlib_event
:
6775 case bp_thread_event
:
6776 case bp_overlay_event
:
6778 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6779 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6780 case bp_exception_master
:
6781 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6782 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6784 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6785 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6787 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6788 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6792 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6793 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6794 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6799 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6800 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6801 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6804 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6810 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6812 static struct bp_location
*
6813 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6815 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6819 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6821 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6825 /* Increment reference count. */
6828 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6833 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6834 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6837 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6839 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6841 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6842 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6846 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6849 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6851 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6853 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6854 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6856 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6858 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6867 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6870 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6871 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6873 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6875 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6877 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6881 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6882 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6883 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6885 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6888 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6890 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6891 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6892 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6893 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6896 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6897 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6899 static struct breakpoint
*
6900 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6902 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6904 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6906 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6907 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6911 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6912 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6916 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6918 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6920 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6921 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6922 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6925 const char *function_name
;
6926 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6928 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6929 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6931 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6933 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6935 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6936 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6937 &loc
->requested_address
))
6939 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6940 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6941 loc
->requested_address
,
6944 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6945 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6947 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6948 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6949 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6950 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6952 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6957 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6961 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6963 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6966 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6968 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6973 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6974 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6975 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6977 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6978 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6979 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6982 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6983 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6984 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6986 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6988 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6990 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
6991 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
6993 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6994 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6996 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6997 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
6999 breakpoints_changed ();
7002 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7003 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7004 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7005 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7006 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7007 is also returned as the value of this function.
7009 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7010 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7011 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7012 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7013 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7014 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7015 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7018 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7019 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7020 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7022 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7024 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7025 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7030 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7031 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7033 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7035 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7037 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7039 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7040 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7041 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7042 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7043 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7044 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7048 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7049 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7050 initiated the operation. */
7053 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7055 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7056 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7058 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7059 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7060 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7061 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7062 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7063 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7064 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7065 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7067 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7068 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7070 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7071 after their removal. */
7072 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7073 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7074 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7077 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7080 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7082 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7084 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7087 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7089 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7090 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7095 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7097 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7100 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7102 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7103 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7107 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7108 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7109 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7113 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7115 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7118 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7120 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7122 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7123 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7124 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7126 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7128 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7131 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7132 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7133 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7134 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7140 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7141 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7144 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7145 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7149 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7151 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7154 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7156 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7158 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7159 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7160 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7161 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7164 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7166 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7168 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7169 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7170 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7172 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7177 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7179 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7182 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7184 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7185 update_global_location_list (1);
7186 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7191 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7196 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7198 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7199 update_global_location_list (0);
7200 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7204 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7205 master breakpoint. */
7207 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7209 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7212 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7213 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7215 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7216 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7220 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7222 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7224 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7226 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7227 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7228 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7232 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7236 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7237 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7239 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7240 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7242 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7244 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7250 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7252 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7255 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7256 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7260 struct lang_and_radix
7266 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7269 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7273 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7274 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7275 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7279 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7282 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7284 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7287 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7288 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7289 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7293 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7295 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7298 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7299 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7300 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7304 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7306 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7308 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7310 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7314 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7315 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7318 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7320 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7322 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7324 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7325 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7327 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7328 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7329 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7330 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7331 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7332 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7333 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7334 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7335 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7336 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7337 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7339 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7341 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7345 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7350 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7351 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7355 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7357 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7358 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7360 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7361 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7362 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7363 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7364 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7365 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7370 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7371 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7373 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7374 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7375 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7376 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7377 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7378 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7379 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7380 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7381 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7383 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7384 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7385 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7386 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7389 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7390 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7392 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7394 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7395 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7396 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7399 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7404 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7406 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7407 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7408 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7409 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7410 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7412 struct fork_catchpoint
7414 /* The base class. */
7415 struct breakpoint base
;
7417 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7418 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7419 catchpoint has triggered. */
7420 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7423 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7427 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7429 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7432 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7436 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7438 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7441 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7445 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7446 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7447 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7449 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7451 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7454 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7458 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7461 static enum print_stop_action
7462 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7464 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7465 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7466 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7468 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7469 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7472 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7475 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7477 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7479 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7480 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7481 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7482 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7483 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7486 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7490 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7492 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7493 struct value_print_options opts
;
7494 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7496 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7498 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7499 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7501 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7502 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7505 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7507 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7508 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7509 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7510 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7514 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7518 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7520 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7523 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7527 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7529 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7530 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7533 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7535 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7537 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7541 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7543 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7546 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7550 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7552 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7555 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7559 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7560 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7561 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7563 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7565 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7568 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7572 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7575 static enum print_stop_action
7576 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7578 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7579 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7580 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7582 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7583 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7584 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7586 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7587 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7589 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7590 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7591 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7593 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7594 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7595 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7597 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7600 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7604 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7606 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7607 struct value_print_options opts
;
7608 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7610 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7611 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7612 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7614 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7615 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7617 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7618 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7620 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7621 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7622 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7623 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7627 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7631 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7633 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7636 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7640 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7643 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7646 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7648 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7650 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7651 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7652 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7653 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7654 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7656 struct solib_catchpoint
7658 /* The base class. */
7659 struct breakpoint base
;
7661 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7662 unsigned char is_load
;
7664 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7665 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7671 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7673 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7676 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7677 xfree (self
->regex
);
7679 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7683 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7689 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7695 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7696 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7698 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7700 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7701 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7703 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7708 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7710 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7713 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7716 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7719 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7721 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7730 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7732 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7733 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7738 struct so_list
*iter
;
7741 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7746 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7755 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7760 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7766 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7769 static enum print_stop_action
7770 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7772 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7773 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7775 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7776 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7780 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7781 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7783 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7784 print_solib_event (1);
7785 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7789 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7791 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7792 struct value_print_options opts
;
7793 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7796 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7797 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7798 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7800 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7803 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7810 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7812 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7817 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7819 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7821 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7826 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7828 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7830 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7831 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7835 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7837 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7840 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7841 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7843 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7847 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7849 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7853 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7854 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7856 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7857 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7859 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7861 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7865 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7867 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7868 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7874 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7877 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7879 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7880 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7882 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7885 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7886 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
,
7887 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7889 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7890 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7894 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7895 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7897 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7901 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7902 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7904 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7909 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7910 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7911 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7912 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7913 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7915 struct syscall_catchpoint
7917 /* The base class. */
7918 struct breakpoint base
;
7920 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7921 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7922 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7923 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7924 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7927 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7931 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7933 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7935 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7937 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7940 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7942 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7944 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7945 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7946 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7948 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7949 int any_syscall_count
;
7951 /* Count of each system call. */
7952 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7954 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7955 if any catching is necessary. */
7956 int total_syscalls_count
;
7959 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7960 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
7962 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
7964 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7965 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
7967 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7968 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
7975 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
7981 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7985 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7987 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7988 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7989 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7990 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7992 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7993 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7994 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8000 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8005 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8007 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8008 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8009 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8011 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8012 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8013 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8015 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8016 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8018 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8019 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8023 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8024 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8025 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8027 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8029 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8032 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8036 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8038 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8039 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8040 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8041 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8043 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8044 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8045 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8051 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8055 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8056 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8058 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8059 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8063 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8064 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8065 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8067 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8069 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8072 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8076 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8077 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8078 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8080 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8081 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8082 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8083 int syscall_number
= 0;
8084 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8085 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8087 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8088 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8091 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8093 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8094 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8099 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8101 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8111 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8114 static enum print_stop_action
8115 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8117 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8118 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8119 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8120 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8121 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8122 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8124 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8127 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8129 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8131 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8133 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8139 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8140 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8141 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8142 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8147 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8148 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8150 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8152 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8153 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8155 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8159 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8162 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8166 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8167 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8169 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8170 struct value_print_options opts
;
8171 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8173 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8174 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8175 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8177 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8178 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8181 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8182 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8183 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8185 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8187 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8190 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8193 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8198 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8201 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8203 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8205 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8206 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8210 /* Remove the last comma. */
8211 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8212 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8215 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8219 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8223 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8225 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8227 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8231 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8232 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8234 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8237 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8241 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8244 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8246 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8248 printf_filtered (")");
8251 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8255 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8259 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8261 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8263 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8265 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8270 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8275 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8279 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8282 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8285 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8287 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8289 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8292 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8294 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8297 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8298 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8299 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8300 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8303 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8304 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8306 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8308 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8311 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8313 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8315 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8316 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8320 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8322 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8323 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8324 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8325 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8328 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8331 update_global_location_list (1);
8335 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8336 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8337 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8339 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8341 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8343 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8345 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8348 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8350 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8351 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8352 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8353 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8354 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8356 struct exec_catchpoint
8358 /* The base class. */
8359 struct breakpoint base
;
8361 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8362 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8364 char *exec_pathname
;
8367 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8371 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8373 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8375 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8377 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8381 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8383 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8387 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8389 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8393 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8394 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8395 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8397 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8399 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8402 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8406 static enum print_stop_action
8407 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8409 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8410 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8411 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8413 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8414 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8421 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8422 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8424 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8425 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8426 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8427 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8429 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8433 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8435 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8436 struct value_print_options opts
;
8437 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8439 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8441 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8442 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8443 is relatively readable). */
8444 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8445 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8448 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8450 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8451 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8457 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8459 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8462 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8466 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8468 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8469 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8472 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8475 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8476 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8478 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8479 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8481 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8482 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8483 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8485 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8489 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8492 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8493 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8497 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8498 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8500 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8502 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8509 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8513 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8516 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8518 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8521 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8523 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8525 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8531 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8532 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8533 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8534 types _not_ TYPE. */
8537 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8538 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8543 *other_type_used
= 0;
8548 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8551 if (b
->type
== type
)
8552 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8553 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8554 *other_type_used
= 1;
8561 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8563 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8567 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8569 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8570 update_global_location_list (0);
8576 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8582 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8584 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8585 update_global_location_list (1);
8591 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8593 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8594 update_global_location_list (0);
8598 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8600 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8601 breakpoint_re_set ();
8605 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8606 at address specified by SAL.
8607 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8610 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8611 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8613 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8615 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8617 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8619 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8620 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8621 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8622 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8624 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8625 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8627 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8628 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8630 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8635 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8636 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8639 static struct breakpoint
*
8640 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8642 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8644 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8646 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8647 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8648 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8650 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8651 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8652 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8653 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8654 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8655 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8657 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8658 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8660 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8661 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8662 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8663 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8665 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8666 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8667 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8669 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8673 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8677 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8679 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8683 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8687 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8690 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8692 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8694 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8695 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8697 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8701 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8704 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8706 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8707 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8709 printf_filtered ("\n");
8713 static struct bp_location
*
8714 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8715 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8717 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8718 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8719 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8721 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8722 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8724 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8725 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8726 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8727 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8728 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8729 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8730 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8733 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8734 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8738 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8739 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8740 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8741 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8742 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8743 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8744 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8746 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8747 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8748 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8750 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8751 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8756 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8757 return 0 otherwise. */
8760 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8764 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8765 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8766 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8769 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8771 addr
= loc
->address
;
8772 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8774 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8778 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8780 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8781 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8782 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8783 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8786 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8788 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8789 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8792 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8797 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8798 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8801 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8803 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8804 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8809 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8811 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8813 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8815 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8817 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8818 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8820 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8821 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8822 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8824 if (!dprintf_function
)
8825 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8827 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8828 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8833 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8837 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8839 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8840 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8843 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8844 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8848 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8849 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8851 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8854 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8856 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8858 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8859 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8860 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8861 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8862 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8863 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8866 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8867 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8868 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8869 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8870 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8871 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8873 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8877 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8878 current style settings. */
8881 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8882 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8884 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8888 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8889 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8893 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8894 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8895 as condition expression. */
8898 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8899 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8900 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8902 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8903 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8904 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8905 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8906 int display_canonical
)
8910 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8912 int target_resources_ok
;
8914 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8915 target_resources_ok
=
8916 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8918 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8919 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8920 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8921 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8924 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8926 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8928 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8929 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8933 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8935 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8937 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8938 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8943 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8947 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8948 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8949 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8950 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8951 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8953 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8954 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8956 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8958 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8959 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8961 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8963 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8964 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8965 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
8969 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8971 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8973 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8974 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
8976 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8978 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8980 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8982 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
8983 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
8985 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8987 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8990 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8991 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8998 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8999 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9003 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9004 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9008 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9009 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9010 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9012 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9015 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9016 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9017 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9019 if (b
->extra_string
)
9020 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9022 error (_("Format string required"));
9024 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9025 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9028 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9030 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9032 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9035 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9040 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9041 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9042 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9044 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9045 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9046 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9047 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9048 int display_canonical
)
9050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9051 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9053 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9055 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9057 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9061 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9063 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9065 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9067 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9069 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9071 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9073 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9075 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9078 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9079 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9080 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9081 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9082 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9083 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9084 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9085 we take just a single condition string.
9087 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9088 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9089 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9090 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9091 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9094 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9095 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9096 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9097 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9098 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9099 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9100 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9103 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9105 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9106 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9108 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9110 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9111 'break', without arguments. */
9112 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9113 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9115 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9116 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9118 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9119 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9122 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9124 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9125 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9126 canonical
->special_display
);
9127 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9131 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9132 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9133 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9134 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9136 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9137 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9140 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9141 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9143 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9145 if ((*address
) == NULL
9146 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9148 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9150 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9152 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9153 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9156 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9157 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9158 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9160 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9161 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9162 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9163 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9164 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9165 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9167 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9169 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9170 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9171 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9172 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9173 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9175 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9177 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9178 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9179 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9181 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9184 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9188 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9190 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9191 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9192 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9193 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9195 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9196 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9197 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9199 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9200 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9201 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9202 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9203 get_last_displayed_line (),
9204 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9206 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9207 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9212 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9213 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9216 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9220 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9221 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9224 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9225 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9226 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9227 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9228 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9232 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9233 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9236 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9238 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9240 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9242 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9244 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9246 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9247 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9248 associated with SAL. */
9251 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9253 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9256 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9257 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9259 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9263 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9265 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9266 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9268 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9271 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9272 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9273 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9274 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9275 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9276 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9279 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9280 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9283 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9292 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9293 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9295 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9297 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9299 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9303 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9305 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9307 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9309 struct expression
*expr
;
9311 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9312 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9315 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9317 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9323 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9325 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9326 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9327 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9329 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9335 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9337 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9338 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9339 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9343 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9347 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9351 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9353 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9354 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9356 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9357 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9358 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9359 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9364 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9366 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9368 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9369 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9371 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9372 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9373 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9375 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9376 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9378 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9380 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9382 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9384 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9386 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9387 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9389 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9392 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9398 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9399 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9400 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9401 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9402 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9403 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9404 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9405 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9406 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9410 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9411 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9412 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9413 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9414 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9416 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9417 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9418 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9421 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9422 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9423 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9424 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9425 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9426 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9429 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9431 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9433 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9435 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9437 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9438 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9441 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9445 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9451 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9453 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9456 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9457 throw_exception (e
);
9459 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9461 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9462 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9463 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9464 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9465 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9468 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9469 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9470 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9471 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9473 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9475 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9476 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9477 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9478 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9479 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9481 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9485 throw_exception (e
);
9489 throw_exception (e
);
9492 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9493 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9495 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9496 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9497 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9498 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9499 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9501 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9502 are ok for the target. */
9506 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9508 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9509 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9512 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9513 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9516 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9518 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9519 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9522 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9523 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9527 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9529 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9531 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9534 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9535 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9536 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9537 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9539 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9540 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9542 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9544 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9546 extra_string
= rest
;
9550 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9553 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9554 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9556 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9559 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9560 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9564 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9565 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9566 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9567 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9568 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9574 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9576 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9578 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9580 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9584 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9586 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9588 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9589 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9590 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9593 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9596 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9597 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9599 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9601 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9602 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9603 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9604 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9605 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9606 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9607 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9608 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9610 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9613 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9615 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9616 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9617 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9620 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9622 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9623 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9624 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9626 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9627 update_global_location_list (1);
9632 /* Set a breakpoint.
9633 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9634 condition, and thread.
9635 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9636 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9640 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9642 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9643 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9644 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9646 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9647 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9649 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9650 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9651 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9653 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9655 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9657 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9658 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9659 0 /* Ignore count */,
9660 pending_break_support
,
9668 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9671 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9675 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9677 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9678 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9679 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9682 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9683 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9684 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9685 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9688 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9690 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9694 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9697 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9700 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9701 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9705 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9706 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9707 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9708 happen in assembly source). */
9710 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9711 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9713 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9715 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9717 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9719 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9726 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9728 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9732 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9734 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9738 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9740 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9744 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9746 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9750 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9752 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9753 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9754 stop at <line>\n"));
9758 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9762 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9764 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9769 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9770 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9771 function/method name. */
9772 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9774 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9779 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9781 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9785 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9787 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9791 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9795 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9802 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9803 it is probably a line number. */
9804 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9806 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9811 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9813 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9817 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9819 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9822 void dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
9824 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9825 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9826 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9830 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9832 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9834 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9836 0 /* Ignore count */,
9837 pending_break_support
,
9838 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9846 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9848 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9851 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9852 ranged breakpoints. */
9855 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9856 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9858 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9860 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9861 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9864 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9865 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9868 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9869 ranged breakpoints. */
9872 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9874 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9877 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9878 ranged breakpoints. */
9880 static enum print_stop_action
9881 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9883 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9884 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9885 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9887 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9889 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9890 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9892 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9893 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9896 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9899 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9900 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9903 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9904 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9906 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9909 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9910 ranged breakpoints. */
9913 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9914 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9916 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9917 struct value_print_options opts
;
9918 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9920 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9921 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9923 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9925 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9926 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9927 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9928 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9930 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9934 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9935 ranged breakpoints. */
9938 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9939 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9941 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9942 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9943 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9944 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9948 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9949 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9951 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9952 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9953 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9954 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9955 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9956 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9958 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9961 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9962 ranged breakpoints. */
9965 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9967 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9968 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9971 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9973 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9976 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9977 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9978 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9981 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9982 ranged breakpoints. */
9985 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
9988 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
9989 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9992 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9994 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9996 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9997 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9998 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9999 last instruction of the given line. */
10002 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10006 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10007 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10008 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10015 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10017 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10019 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10026 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10029 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10031 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10032 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10033 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10036 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10037 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10038 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10040 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10041 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10042 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10044 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10045 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10046 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10048 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10049 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10051 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10052 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10053 error(_("No address range specified."));
10055 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10058 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10060 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10063 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10064 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10065 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10067 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10069 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10070 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10071 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10073 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10074 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10075 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10077 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10078 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10080 /* Parse the end location. */
10082 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10085 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10086 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10087 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10088 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10089 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10090 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10091 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10092 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10094 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10096 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10097 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10099 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10100 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10101 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10102 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10104 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10105 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10106 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10108 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10109 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10110 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10112 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10114 /* Length overflowed. */
10115 error (_("Address range too large."));
10116 else if (length
== 1)
10118 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10119 the `hbreak' command. */
10120 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10122 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10127 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10128 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10129 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10130 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10131 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10132 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10133 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10134 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10135 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10137 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10140 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10141 update_global_location_list (1);
10144 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10145 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10146 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10150 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10152 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10158 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10159 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10162 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10172 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10173 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10174 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10175 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10176 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10178 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10206 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10209 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10210 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10215 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10216 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10217 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10218 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10219 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10220 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10221 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10223 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10224 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10229 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10231 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10232 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10233 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10234 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10236 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10237 are always constant. */
10239 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10241 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10242 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10243 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10248 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10249 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10250 then it is not a constant. */
10259 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10262 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10264 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10266 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10268 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10269 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10270 value_free (w
->val
);
10272 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10275 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10278 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10280 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10282 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10283 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10285 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10286 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10287 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10288 are loaded and unloaded.
10290 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10291 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10292 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10293 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10294 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10295 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10297 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10298 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10299 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10300 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10302 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10303 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10305 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10306 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10307 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10310 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10313 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10315 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10316 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10318 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10322 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10325 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10327 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10328 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10330 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10335 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10336 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10337 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10339 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10340 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10342 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10343 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10344 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10345 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10346 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10347 (did not match the data address). */
10348 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10349 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10356 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10358 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10360 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10363 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10364 hardware watchpoints. */
10367 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10369 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10370 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10372 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10375 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10376 hardware watchpoints. */
10379 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10381 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10382 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10385 static enum print_stop_action
10386 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10388 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10389 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10390 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10391 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10392 enum print_stop_action result
;
10393 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10394 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10396 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10398 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10399 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10400 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10402 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10403 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10407 case bp_watchpoint
:
10408 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10409 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10410 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10411 ui_out_field_string
10413 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10415 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10416 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10417 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10418 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10419 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10420 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10421 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10422 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10423 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10424 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10427 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10429 ui_out_field_string
10431 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10433 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10434 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10435 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10436 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10437 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10438 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10441 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10442 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10444 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10445 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10446 ui_out_field_string
10448 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10450 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10451 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10452 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10453 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10454 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10459 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10460 ui_out_field_string
10462 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10463 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10466 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10467 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10469 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10472 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10475 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10479 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10483 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10485 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10486 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10487 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10491 case bp_watchpoint
:
10492 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10493 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10495 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10496 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10497 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10499 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10500 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10501 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10503 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10505 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10508 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10509 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10512 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10513 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10514 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10515 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10518 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10522 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10524 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10528 case bp_watchpoint
:
10529 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10530 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10532 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10535 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10539 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10540 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10544 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10547 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10549 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10551 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10552 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10555 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10557 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10559 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10560 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10563 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10564 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10567 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10569 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10571 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10572 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10575 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10576 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10579 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10581 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10583 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10586 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10587 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10590 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10595 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10596 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10598 static enum print_stop_action
10599 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10601 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10602 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10604 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10605 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10609 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10610 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10612 ui_out_field_string
10614 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10617 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10619 ui_out_field_string
10621 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10624 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10625 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10626 ui_out_field_string
10628 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10631 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10632 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10636 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10637 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10638 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10639 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10641 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10642 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10645 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10646 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10649 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10650 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10654 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10655 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10657 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10658 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10662 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10663 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10666 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10669 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10670 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10674 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10676 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10678 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10682 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10684 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10687 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10688 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10691 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10692 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10693 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10694 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10697 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10698 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10701 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10703 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10708 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10711 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10714 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10715 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10718 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10719 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10722 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10724 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10727 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10729 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10731 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10734 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10736 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10739 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10740 hw_read: watch read,
10741 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10743 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10744 int just_location
, int internal
)
10746 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10747 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10748 struct expression
*exp
;
10749 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10750 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10751 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10752 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10753 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10754 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10756 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10757 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10758 enum bptype bp_type
;
10761 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10762 the hardware watchpoint. */
10764 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10765 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10767 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10768 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10772 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10773 of the arguments string. */
10774 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10776 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10777 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10780 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10781 This is the value of the parameter. */
10782 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10784 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10786 /* Skip whitespace. */
10787 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10792 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10793 This is the parameter itself. */
10794 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10797 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10799 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10801 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10802 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10803 only in a specific thread. */
10807 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10809 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10810 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10812 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10814 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10815 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10817 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10818 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10819 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10821 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10823 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10824 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10826 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10829 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10831 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10833 mark
= value_mark ();
10834 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10835 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10836 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10839 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10842 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10843 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10848 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10849 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10851 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10853 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10854 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10856 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10859 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10860 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10864 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10865 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10867 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10870 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10871 mark
= value_mark ();
10872 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10878 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10879 val
= value_addr (result
);
10880 release_value (val
);
10881 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10885 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10888 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10889 else if (ret
== -2)
10890 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10893 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10894 release_value (val
);
10896 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10897 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10899 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10900 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10902 struct expression
*cond
;
10904 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10905 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10906 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10908 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10909 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10910 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10916 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10918 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10919 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10920 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10921 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10923 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10925 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10927 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10928 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10929 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10930 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10931 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10933 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10936 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10937 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10938 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10939 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10941 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10943 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10944 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10946 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10947 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10949 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10950 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10951 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10952 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10953 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10954 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10955 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10956 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10957 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10961 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10963 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
10966 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10967 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10969 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10970 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10971 b
->thread
= thread
;
10972 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10973 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10975 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10976 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10979 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10980 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10983 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
10984 name
= type_to_string (t
);
10986 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
10987 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
10990 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10991 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10993 /* The above expression is in C. */
10994 b
->language
= language_c
;
10997 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11001 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11010 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11012 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11016 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11017 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11021 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11022 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11025 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11027 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11028 need to act on them together. */
11029 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11030 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11033 if (!just_location
)
11034 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11036 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11038 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11039 that should be inserted. */
11040 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11044 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11045 throw_exception (e
);
11048 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11051 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11052 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11055 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11057 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11058 struct value
*head
= v
;
11060 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11061 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11064 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11065 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11066 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11067 hardware watchpoint.
11069 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11070 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11071 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11072 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11073 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11074 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11075 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11076 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11077 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11079 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11080 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11081 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11082 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11083 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11085 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11087 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11088 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11089 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11090 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11091 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11092 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11096 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11097 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11098 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11100 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11101 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11102 middle of some value chain. */
11104 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11105 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11107 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11111 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11112 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11113 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11115 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11119 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11123 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11124 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11125 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11126 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11127 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11130 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11131 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11132 return found_memory_cnt
;
11136 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11138 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11141 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11142 calls watch_command_1. */
11145 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11147 int just_location
= 0;
11150 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11151 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11153 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11157 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11161 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11163 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11167 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11169 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11173 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11175 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11179 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11181 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11185 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11187 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11191 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11192 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11194 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11196 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11197 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11201 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11202 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11203 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11206 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11208 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11210 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11211 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11212 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11213 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11217 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11219 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11220 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11221 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11222 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11223 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11224 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11225 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11226 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11227 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11229 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11231 clear_proceed_status ();
11233 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11236 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11237 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11238 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11239 get_last_displayed_line ());
11241 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11242 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11244 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11245 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11247 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11248 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11251 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11253 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11255 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11258 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11260 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11261 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11262 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11265 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11266 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11267 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11268 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11270 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11273 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11275 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11277 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11278 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11279 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11283 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11285 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11286 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11289 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11293 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11294 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11295 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11296 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11298 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11299 only at the very same frame. */
11300 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11301 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11302 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11304 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11306 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11307 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11308 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11309 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11311 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11313 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11314 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11316 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11317 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11318 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11320 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11321 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11322 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11326 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11329 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11330 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11332 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11333 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11334 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11335 if clause in the arg string. */
11338 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11342 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11345 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11348 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11349 condition string. */
11350 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11351 cond_string
= *arg
;
11353 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11355 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11357 return cond_string
;
11360 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11361 process start/exit, etc. */
11365 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11366 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11371 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11372 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11374 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11375 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11376 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11379 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11380 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11381 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11385 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11387 /* The allowed syntax is:
11389 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11391 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11392 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11394 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11395 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11397 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11398 and enable reporting of such events. */
11401 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11402 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11403 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11404 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11406 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11407 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11408 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11409 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11412 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11418 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11419 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11421 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11422 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11424 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11426 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11430 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11432 /* The allowed syntax is:
11434 catch exec if <cond>
11436 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11437 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11439 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11440 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11442 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11443 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11444 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11445 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11447 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11450 static enum print_stop_action
11451 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11453 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11454 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11455 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11457 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11459 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11460 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11461 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11464 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11465 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11466 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11468 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11469 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11470 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11471 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11472 : " (exception caught), ");
11473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11475 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11477 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11478 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11480 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11484 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11485 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11487 struct value_print_options opts
;
11488 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11490 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11491 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11493 annotate_field (4);
11494 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11495 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11497 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11498 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11500 annotate_field (5);
11502 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11503 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11504 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11506 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11510 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11512 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11516 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11517 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11518 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11519 : _("Catchpoint "));
11520 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11521 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11525 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11526 catch catchpoints. */
11529 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11530 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11535 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11536 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11538 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11539 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11542 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11545 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11546 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11548 char *trigger_func_name
;
11550 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11551 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11553 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11555 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11556 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11557 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11558 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11560 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11561 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11569 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11572 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11573 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11575 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11579 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11581 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11583 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11584 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11586 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11587 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11588 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11590 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11593 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11596 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11599 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11601 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11603 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11606 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11609 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11611 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11613 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11617 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11618 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11619 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11621 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11627 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11629 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11631 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11632 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11633 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11634 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11635 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11636 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11637 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11638 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11639 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11640 enough for now, though. */
11643 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11645 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11646 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11647 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11648 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11651 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11652 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11654 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11656 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11657 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11659 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11661 int i
, syscall_number
;
11663 char cur_name
[128];
11666 /* Skip whitespace. */
11667 while (isspace (*arg
))
11670 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11671 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11672 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11675 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11676 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11677 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11678 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11681 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11683 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11685 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11686 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11687 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11688 syscall number to be caught. */
11689 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11692 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11693 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11696 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11700 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11703 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11704 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11709 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11711 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11712 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11713 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11714 this architecture yet."));
11716 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11718 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11720 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11721 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11722 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11723 for his/her architecture. */
11724 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11726 /* The allowed syntax is:
11728 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11730 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11733 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11737 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11738 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11742 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11744 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11749 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11751 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11754 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11757 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11759 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11760 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11761 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11762 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11764 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11766 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11769 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11773 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11776 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11779 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11781 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11782 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11785 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11786 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11788 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11792 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11793 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11794 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11799 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11800 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11801 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11802 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11804 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11805 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11806 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11807 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11808 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11809 error (_("No source file specified."));
11811 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11817 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11818 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11819 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11820 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11822 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11823 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11824 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11825 due to optimization, all in one block.
11827 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11828 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11829 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11830 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11831 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11832 to support that. */
11834 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11835 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11836 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11840 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11841 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11843 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
11845 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11846 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11847 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11850 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11855 1 0 <can't happen> */
11857 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11858 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11859 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11861 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11865 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11866 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11868 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11869 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11871 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11872 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11873 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11875 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11876 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11877 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11878 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11879 int line_match
= 0;
11881 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11882 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11883 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11884 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11885 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11887 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11888 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11890 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11891 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11892 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11897 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11906 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11910 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11911 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11914 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11916 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11919 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11920 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11921 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11922 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11923 compare_breakpoints
);
11924 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11925 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11929 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11934 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11935 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11938 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11939 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11941 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11943 breakpoints_changed ();
11945 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11948 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11949 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11952 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11954 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11957 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11958 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11959 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11962 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11964 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11966 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11967 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11968 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11970 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11974 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11975 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11979 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11980 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11981 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11982 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11983 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11984 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11987 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11989 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11990 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11991 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11992 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11993 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11995 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11996 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11998 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11999 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12002 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12003 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12004 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12006 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12007 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12008 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12010 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12011 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12012 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12014 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12015 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12016 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12018 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12021 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12022 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12023 content of the bp_location array. */
12026 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12028 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12030 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12031 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12033 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12035 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12037 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12040 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12041 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12043 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12044 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12045 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12046 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12048 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12050 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12051 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12052 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12053 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12057 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12060 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12062 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12063 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12065 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12068 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12072 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12074 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
12077 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12078 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12079 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12082 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12083 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12084 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12085 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12088 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12090 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12093 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
12094 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
12097 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12100 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12103 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12105 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12106 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12107 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12108 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12110 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12111 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12112 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12113 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12114 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12116 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12117 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12118 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12119 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12120 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12121 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12122 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12123 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12126 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12127 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12128 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12132 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12134 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12135 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12136 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12139 address
= bl
->address
;
12140 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12142 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12143 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12144 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12146 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12147 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12150 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12151 the same program space as the location
12152 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12153 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12154 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12158 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12159 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12162 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12163 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12164 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12165 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12166 that have already been marked. */
12167 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12169 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12171 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12173 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12174 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12179 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12180 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12181 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12182 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12183 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12184 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12185 returns true on them.
12187 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12188 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12189 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12190 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12191 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12192 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12195 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12197 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12198 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12199 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12200 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12201 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12202 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12203 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12205 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12206 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12207 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12208 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12209 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12211 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12212 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12213 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12214 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12216 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12217 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12218 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12219 unsigned old_location_count
;
12221 old_location
= bp_location
;
12222 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12223 bp_location
= NULL
;
12224 bp_location_count
= 0;
12225 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12228 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12229 bp_location_count
++;
12231 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12232 locp
= bp_location
;
12233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12234 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12236 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12237 bp_location_compare
);
12239 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12241 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12242 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12243 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12244 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12245 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12248 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12249 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12251 locp
= bp_location
;
12252 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12255 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12256 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12258 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12259 not, we have to free it. */
12260 int found_object
= 0;
12261 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12262 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12265 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12266 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12267 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12268 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12272 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12273 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12276 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12277 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12278 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12280 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12281 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12282 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12284 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12285 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12288 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12292 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12293 have to go through updates again. */
12294 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12296 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12298 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12300 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12301 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12302 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12303 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12304 at certain location is not inserted. */
12306 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12308 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12311 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12313 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12314 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12315 keep_in_target
= 1;
12319 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12320 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12321 remove its target-side condition. */
12323 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12324 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12325 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12326 this one from the target. */
12328 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12329 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12332 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12333 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12336 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12338 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12340 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12341 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12342 supported, but the latter are. */
12343 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12345 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12346 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12349 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12350 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12352 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12353 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12355 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12356 keep_in_target
= 1;
12364 if (!keep_in_target
)
12366 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12368 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12369 this location on the global list, and try to
12370 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12371 reason why we will succeed next time.
12373 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12374 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12375 only after calling us. */
12376 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12377 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12378 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12386 if (removed
&& non_stop
12387 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12388 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12390 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12391 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12392 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12393 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12394 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12395 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12396 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12397 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12398 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12399 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12400 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12401 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12402 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12403 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12406 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12407 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12409 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12410 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12411 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12412 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12413 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12414 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12415 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12416 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12417 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12418 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12419 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12420 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12421 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12424 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12425 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12426 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12427 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12429 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12430 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12431 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12432 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12433 traps we can no longer explain. */
12435 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12436 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12438 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12442 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12443 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12448 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12449 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12450 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12451 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12452 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12453 are sorted first for the same address.
12455 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12456 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12458 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12459 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12460 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12461 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12462 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12464 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12466 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12469 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12470 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12471 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12472 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12473 `struct bp_location'. */
12474 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12476 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12477 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12481 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12482 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12483 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12484 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12485 "actually inserted"));
12487 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12488 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12489 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12490 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12491 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12492 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12494 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12496 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12497 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12498 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12500 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12501 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12503 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12505 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12506 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12507 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12513 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12514 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12515 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12517 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12518 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12520 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12521 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12523 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12524 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12525 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12526 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12527 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12530 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12531 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12532 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
12535 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12538 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12539 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12540 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12542 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12547 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12549 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12553 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12555 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12558 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12559 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12561 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12562 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12568 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12570 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12572 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12573 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12576 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12579 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12583 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12584 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12586 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12587 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12588 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12592 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12594 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12596 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12598 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12602 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12606 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12608 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12609 struct value_print_options opts
;
12611 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12613 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12615 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12617 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12621 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12623 printf_filtered (" at ");
12624 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12627 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12629 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12631 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12632 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12633 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12635 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12636 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12637 real situation somewhat. */
12638 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12643 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12645 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12647 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12652 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12655 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12657 xfree (self
->cond
);
12658 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12659 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12660 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12661 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12664 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12669 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12673 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12675 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12676 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12677 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12678 xfree (self
->filter
);
12679 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12682 static struct bp_location
*
12683 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12685 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12687 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12688 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12693 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12695 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12698 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12699 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12702 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12708 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12714 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12715 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12717 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12719 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12723 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12728 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12732 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12734 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12737 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12741 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12743 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12746 static enum print_stop_action
12747 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12753 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12754 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12760 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12762 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12766 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12768 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12772 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12773 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12774 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12778 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12782 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12783 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12784 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12786 char *extra_string
,
12787 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12788 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12790 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12791 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12792 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12793 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12795 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12799 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12800 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12802 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12805 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12807 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12808 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12809 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12810 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12811 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12812 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12813 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12814 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12815 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12818 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12819 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12820 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12821 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12822 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12823 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12826 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12829 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12831 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12832 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12834 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12835 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12839 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12843 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12845 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12846 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12849 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12854 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12856 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12857 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12859 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12863 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12864 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12865 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12867 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12869 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12870 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12873 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12877 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12878 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12879 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12886 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12888 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12893 static enum print_stop_action
12894 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12897 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12899 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12901 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12903 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12904 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12906 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12907 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12908 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12911 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12915 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12916 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12918 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12919 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12922 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12923 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12925 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12929 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12931 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12936 case bp_breakpoint
:
12937 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12938 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12939 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12942 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12943 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12944 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12946 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12947 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12950 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12958 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12960 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12961 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12962 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12963 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12964 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12965 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12967 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12970 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12971 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12974 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12978 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12979 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12980 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12981 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12983 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12984 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12988 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12989 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12990 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12992 char *extra_string
,
12993 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12994 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12996 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12997 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12998 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12999 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13001 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13002 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13004 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13005 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13006 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13010 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13011 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13013 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13016 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13019 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13023 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13024 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13025 case bp_overlay_event
:
13026 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13027 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13028 case bp_exception_master
:
13029 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13032 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13033 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13034 case bp_shlib_event
:
13036 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13037 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13038 case bp_thread_event
:
13044 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13046 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13048 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13049 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13050 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13051 objects (among other things). */
13052 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13053 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13059 static enum print_stop_action
13060 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13062 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13065 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13069 case bp_shlib_event
:
13070 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13071 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13072 to shlib event" message.) */
13073 print_solib_event (0);
13076 case bp_thread_event
:
13077 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13078 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13079 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13082 case bp_overlay_event
:
13083 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13084 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13087 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13088 /* These should never be enabled. */
13089 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13092 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13093 /* These should never be enabled. */
13094 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13095 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13098 case bp_exception_master
:
13099 /* These should never be enabled. */
13100 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13101 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13105 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13109 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13111 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13114 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13117 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13119 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13120 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13121 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13122 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13126 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13128 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13131 static enum print_stop_action
13132 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13134 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13138 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13143 ui_out_field_string
13145 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13149 ui_out_field_string
13151 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13156 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13160 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13162 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13165 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13167 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13168 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13171 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13173 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13176 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13178 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13181 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13184 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13186 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13190 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13192 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13199 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13201 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13202 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13204 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13208 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13209 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13210 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13211 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13213 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13215 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13217 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13218 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13220 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13224 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13225 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13227 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13229 error (_("probe not found"));
13232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13235 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13237 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13241 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13242 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13243 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13245 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13251 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13252 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13254 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13255 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13257 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13260 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13261 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13267 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13269 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13274 case bp_tracepoint
:
13275 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13276 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13278 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13279 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13280 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13282 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13283 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13284 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13287 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13288 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13295 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13297 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13299 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13301 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13303 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13306 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13307 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13310 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13312 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13317 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13318 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13319 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13320 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13322 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13323 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13327 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13328 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13329 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13331 char *extra_string
,
13332 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13333 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13335 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13336 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13337 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13338 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13340 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13341 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13343 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13344 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13345 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13349 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13350 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13352 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13355 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13357 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13361 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13362 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13363 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13364 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13366 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13367 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13368 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13372 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13373 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13375 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13376 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13379 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13381 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13385 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13386 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13387 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13388 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13390 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13392 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13394 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13396 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13397 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13398 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13402 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13403 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13404 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13406 char *extra_string
,
13407 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13408 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13410 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13411 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13412 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13413 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13417 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13418 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13419 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13420 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13421 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13422 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13424 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13426 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13427 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13428 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13431 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13432 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13434 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13435 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13437 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13438 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13440 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13441 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13442 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13443 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13444 canonical
->special_display
);
13445 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13446 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13447 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13448 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13449 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13450 corresponds to this one */
13451 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13453 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13455 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13460 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13461 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13463 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13465 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13466 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13468 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13472 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13475 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13478 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13480 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13483 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13487 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13489 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13491 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13493 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13494 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13497 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13498 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13499 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13500 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13501 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13504 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13505 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13506 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13507 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13509 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13512 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13513 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13514 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13516 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13517 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13519 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13520 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13521 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13522 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13526 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13528 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13529 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13530 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13531 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13532 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13535 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13536 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13537 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13538 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13540 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13542 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13543 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13546 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13548 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13552 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13554 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13555 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13556 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13557 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13558 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13559 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13560 commands won't work. */
13562 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13564 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13565 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13566 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13567 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13568 might be better design to have location completely
13569 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13570 update_global_location_list (0);
13572 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13573 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13574 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13575 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13580 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13586 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13588 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13591 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13592 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13595 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13596 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13600 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13605 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13607 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13608 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13610 if (next
== related
)
13612 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13613 function (related
, data
);
13615 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13616 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13621 function (related
, data
);
13625 while (related
!= b
);
13629 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13634 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13635 delete_breakpoint. */
13638 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13640 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13644 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13646 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13652 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13654 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13655 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13656 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13658 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13660 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13664 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13666 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13669 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13670 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13674 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13678 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13680 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13681 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13682 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13687 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13688 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13689 Null names are ignored. */
13692 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13694 struct bp_location
*l
;
13695 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13696 (int (*) (const void *,
13697 const void *)) streq
,
13698 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13700 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13703 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13705 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13709 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13711 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13715 htab_delete (htab
);
13721 htab_delete (htab
);
13725 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13726 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13727 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13728 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13729 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13730 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13731 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13732 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13735 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13736 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13737 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13738 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13739 in the sources, and output a warning.
13741 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13742 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13743 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13744 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13745 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13748 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13749 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13750 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13751 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13752 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13753 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13754 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13755 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13756 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13758 static struct symtab_and_line
13759 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13761 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13762 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13767 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13769 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13771 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13772 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13774 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13776 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13777 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13778 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13783 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13785 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13787 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13788 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13790 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13793 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13795 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13797 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13798 struct symbol
*sym
;
13799 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13800 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13802 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13804 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13805 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13807 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13808 "found at previous line number"),
13809 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13813 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13815 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13816 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13817 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13820 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13821 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13822 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13824 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13825 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13827 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13829 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13832 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13835 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13836 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13838 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13840 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13842 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13844 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13846 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13847 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13848 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13849 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13851 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13854 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13860 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13861 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13864 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13868 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13871 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13874 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13881 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13887 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13888 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13889 a ranged breakpoint. */
13892 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13893 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13897 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13899 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13901 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13903 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13904 update_global_location_list (1);
13905 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13906 "multiple locations found\n"),
13911 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13912 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13913 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13914 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13915 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13916 individual locations. */
13917 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13922 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13924 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13926 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13928 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13930 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13932 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13935 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13937 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13938 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13940 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13941 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13946 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13947 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13948 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13949 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13953 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13955 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13957 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13961 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13962 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13963 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13965 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13968 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13969 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13970 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13971 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13972 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13973 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13974 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13976 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13978 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13980 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13981 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13983 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13984 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13992 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13993 if (l
->function_name
13994 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14004 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14007 update_global_location_list (1);
14010 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14011 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14013 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14014 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14017 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14018 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14020 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14023 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14025 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14029 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14030 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14031 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14032 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14033 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14034 state, then user already saw the message about that
14035 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14037 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14038 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14039 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14040 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14041 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14042 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14044 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14046 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14047 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14048 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14049 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14050 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14051 which approach is better. */
14052 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14053 throw_exception (e
);
14057 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14061 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14062 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14063 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14065 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14068 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14069 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14072 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14073 b
->thread
= thread
;
14076 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14077 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14080 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14081 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14091 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14092 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14096 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14099 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14100 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14101 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14103 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14106 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14110 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14112 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14115 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14116 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14120 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14123 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14124 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14127 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14128 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14129 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14130 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14132 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14135 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14136 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14140 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14141 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14142 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14144 char *extra_string
,
14145 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14146 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14148 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14150 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14151 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14153 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14155 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14156 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14157 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14160 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14161 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14164 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14165 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14167 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14169 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14170 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14171 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14172 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14175 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14176 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14178 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14180 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14182 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14183 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14184 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14186 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14189 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14192 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14194 static struct cleanup
*
14195 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14197 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14199 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14200 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14201 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14202 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14203 set_language (b
->language
);
14208 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14209 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14210 Unused in this case. */
14213 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14215 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14216 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14217 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14219 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14220 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14221 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14225 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14227 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14229 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14230 enum language save_language
;
14231 int save_input_radix
;
14232 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14234 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14235 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14236 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14240 /* Format possible error msg. */
14241 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14243 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14244 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14245 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14247 set_language (save_language
);
14248 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14250 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14252 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14254 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14255 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14256 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14257 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14259 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14263 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14265 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14266 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14268 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14270 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14272 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14273 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14275 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14276 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14277 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14279 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14283 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14284 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14285 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14288 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14290 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14296 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14298 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14300 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14301 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14306 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14310 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14311 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14313 else if (count
== 1)
14314 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14317 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14318 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14321 breakpoints_changed ();
14322 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14326 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14329 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14332 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14338 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14340 num
= get_number (&p
);
14342 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14344 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14346 set_ignore_count (num
,
14347 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14350 printf_filtered ("\n");
14353 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14354 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14357 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14362 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14364 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14367 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14369 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14371 while (!state
.finished
)
14373 char *p
= state
.string
;
14377 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14380 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14385 if (b
->number
== num
)
14388 function (b
, data
);
14392 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14397 static struct bp_location
*
14398 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14400 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14405 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14410 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14412 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14414 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14415 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14420 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14421 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14424 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14426 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14430 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14433 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14439 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14440 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14441 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14444 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14446 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14447 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14448 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14449 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14452 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14453 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14456 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14458 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14459 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14461 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14462 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14464 struct bp_location
*location
;
14466 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14467 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14470 update_global_location_list (0);
14472 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14475 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14478 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14480 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14483 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14484 disable_breakpoint. */
14487 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14489 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14493 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14497 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14500 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14501 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14503 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14505 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14511 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14513 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14514 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14515 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14516 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14518 update_global_location_list (0);
14521 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14525 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14528 int target_resources_ok
;
14530 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14533 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14534 target_resources_ok
=
14535 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14537 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14538 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14539 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14540 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14543 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14545 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14546 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14547 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14549 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14551 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14553 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14554 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14555 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14559 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14560 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14566 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14567 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14569 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14571 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14572 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14574 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14575 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14577 struct bp_location
*location
;
14579 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14580 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14583 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14584 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14585 update_global_location_list (1);
14586 breakpoints_changed ();
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14593 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14595 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14599 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14601 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14604 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14605 enable_breakpoint. */
14608 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14610 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14613 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14614 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14615 in stopping the inferior. */
14618 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14622 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14625 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14626 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14628 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14630 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14636 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14638 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14639 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14640 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14641 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14643 update_global_location_list (1);
14646 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14649 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14659 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14661 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14663 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14667 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14669 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14671 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14675 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14677 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14681 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14683 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14685 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14689 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14691 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14693 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14697 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14699 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14701 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14705 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14707 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14711 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14716 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14720 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14721 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14725 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14726 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14727 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14729 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14732 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14733 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14735 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14737 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14739 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14741 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14742 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14743 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14744 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14746 value_free (wp
->val
);
14754 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14755 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14756 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14757 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14761 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14762 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14764 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14766 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14768 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14769 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14771 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14773 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14781 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14782 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14785 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14787 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14790 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14796 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14799 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14800 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14802 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14805 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14806 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14811 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14813 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14814 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14818 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14819 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14820 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14823 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14824 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14825 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14826 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14827 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14828 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14830 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14831 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14832 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14833 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14836 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14837 were inserted or not. */
14840 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14842 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14843 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14846 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14849 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14851 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14853 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14855 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14856 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14857 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14858 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14860 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14862 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14863 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14864 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14865 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14869 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14870 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14871 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14875 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14879 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14880 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14882 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14883 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14884 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14888 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14892 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14896 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14897 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14898 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14899 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14902 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14906 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14911 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14913 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14915 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14916 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14924 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14925 non-zero otherwise. */
14927 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14929 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14930 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14931 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14938 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14940 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14941 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14943 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14947 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14949 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14951 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14952 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14954 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14956 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14960 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14962 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14972 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14973 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
14974 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14975 char *text
, char *word
)
14977 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14978 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
14979 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
14985 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14987 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14989 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14991 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14992 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14996 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14998 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14999 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15001 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15002 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15004 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15006 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15008 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15010 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15011 0 /* Ignore count */,
15012 pending_break_support
,
15016 0 /* internal */, 0);
15020 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15022 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15024 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15026 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15027 0 /* Ignore count */,
15028 pending_break_support
,
15029 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15032 0 /* internal */, 0);
15035 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15038 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15040 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15042 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15043 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15044 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15045 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15047 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15049 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15051 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15053 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15054 0 /* Ignore count */,
15055 pending_break_support
,
15059 0 /* internal */, 0);
15062 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15063 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15065 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15066 static int next_cmd
;
15069 read_uploaded_action (void)
15073 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15080 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15081 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15082 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15083 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15084 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15086 struct tracepoint
*
15087 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15089 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15090 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15092 if (utp
->at_string
)
15093 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15096 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15097 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15098 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15100 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15101 "source location, using raw address"),
15103 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15104 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15107 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15108 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15109 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15110 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15113 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15115 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15116 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15118 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15119 0 /* Ignore count */,
15120 pending_break_support
,
15121 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15123 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15125 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15128 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15129 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15130 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15134 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
15136 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15139 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15140 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15141 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15143 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15145 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15150 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15152 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15154 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15155 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15156 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15157 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15160 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15161 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15162 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15167 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15171 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15173 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15176 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15178 if (num_printed
== 0)
15180 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15181 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15183 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15186 default_collect_info ();
15189 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15190 Not supported by all targets. */
15192 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15194 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15197 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15198 Not supported by all targets. */
15200 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15202 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15205 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15207 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15209 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15215 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15217 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15218 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15219 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15221 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15222 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15224 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15228 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15230 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15233 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15234 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15238 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15241 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15244 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15246 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15249 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15250 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15253 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15255 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15256 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15257 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15260 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15262 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15263 unsigned int count
;
15265 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15266 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15267 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15269 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15271 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15274 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15276 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15278 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15280 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15282 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15284 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15285 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15288 else if (*args
== '\0')
15290 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15292 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15296 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15298 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15299 while (!state
.finished
)
15301 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15303 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15308 struct tracepoint
*
15309 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15311 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15313 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15314 if (t
->number
== num
)
15315 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15320 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15321 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15324 struct tracepoint
*
15325 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15329 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15331 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15333 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15340 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15341 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15342 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15343 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15344 struct tracepoint
*
15345 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15346 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15349 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15351 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15355 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15356 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15358 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15361 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15363 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15366 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15370 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15371 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15374 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15375 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15379 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15380 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15382 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15385 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15390 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15392 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15401 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15402 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15403 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15407 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15408 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15410 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15413 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15414 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15415 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15417 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15418 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15420 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15423 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15424 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15427 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15428 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15433 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15435 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15437 /* We can stop searching. */
15444 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15448 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15449 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15450 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15452 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15453 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15454 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15456 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15457 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15459 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15461 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15462 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15465 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15466 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15469 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15471 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15472 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15475 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15476 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15478 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15483 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15487 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15488 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15490 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15492 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15495 throw_exception (ex
);
15497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15500 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15503 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15504 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15505 special, and not user visible. */
15506 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15508 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15511 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15517 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15520 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15522 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15525 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15528 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15530 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15533 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15536 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15538 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15541 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15543 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15544 all_tracepoints (void)
15546 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15547 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15549 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15551 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15558 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15559 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15560 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15562 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15563 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15564 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15565 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15566 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15567 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15568 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15569 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15570 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15571 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15572 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15574 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15575 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15577 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15578 conditions are different.\n\
15580 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15582 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15583 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15585 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15586 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15589 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15590 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15591 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15592 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15593 void *user_data_catch
,
15594 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15596 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15598 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15600 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15601 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15602 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15604 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15606 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15607 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15608 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15612 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15614 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15615 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15617 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15618 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15619 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15623 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15625 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15626 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15627 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15630 struct breakpoint
*
15631 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15638 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15645 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15646 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15649 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15651 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15652 non-inline function. */
15653 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15659 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15660 have been inlined. */
15663 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15664 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15667 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15671 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15674 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15676 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15677 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15686 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15688 static int initialized
= 0;
15690 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15696 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15697 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15698 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15699 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15700 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15701 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15702 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15703 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15704 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15705 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15706 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15707 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15709 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15710 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15711 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15712 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15713 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15714 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15715 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15716 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15718 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15719 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15720 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15721 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15722 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15723 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15724 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15725 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15726 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15727 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15729 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15730 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15731 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15733 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15734 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15735 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15737 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15738 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15739 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15740 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15741 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15742 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15743 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15745 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15746 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15747 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15748 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15750 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15751 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15752 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15753 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15754 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15755 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15756 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15758 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15759 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15760 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15761 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15762 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15763 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15764 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15767 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15768 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15769 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15770 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15771 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15772 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15773 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15774 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15775 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15776 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15777 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15778 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15779 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15781 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15782 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15783 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15785 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15786 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15787 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15788 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15789 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15790 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15791 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15794 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15795 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15796 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15797 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15798 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15799 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15800 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15801 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15802 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15803 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15805 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15806 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15808 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15809 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15811 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15812 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15814 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15815 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15816 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15818 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15819 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15820 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15821 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15822 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15823 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15824 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15825 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15826 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15827 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15829 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15830 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15831 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15832 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15833 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15834 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15835 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15836 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15837 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15838 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15840 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15841 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15842 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15843 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15844 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15845 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15846 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15847 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15848 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15849 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15850 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15852 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15853 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15854 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15856 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15857 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15858 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15859 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15860 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15861 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15862 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15864 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15865 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15868 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15869 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15870 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15871 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15872 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15873 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15874 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15875 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15877 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15878 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15879 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15880 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15881 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15882 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15883 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15886 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15888 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15891 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15893 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15895 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15897 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15898 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15899 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15901 breakpoint_objfile_key
15902 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15904 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15905 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
15906 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15908 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15909 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15910 before a breakpoint is set. */
15911 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15913 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15915 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15916 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15917 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15919 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15921 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15922 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15923 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15924 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15925 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15926 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15927 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15928 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15930 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15931 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15932 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15933 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15934 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15936 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15937 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15938 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15939 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15940 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15942 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15943 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15945 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15946 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15947 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15948 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15950 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15953 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15954 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15955 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15956 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15958 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15959 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15961 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15962 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15963 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15964 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15965 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15966 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15967 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15969 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15972 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15973 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15974 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15976 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15978 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15979 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15980 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15981 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15982 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15983 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15985 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15986 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15987 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15990 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15991 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15992 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15995 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15996 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15997 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15998 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16001 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16002 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16003 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16006 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16007 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16008 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16011 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16012 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16013 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16014 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16017 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16018 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16019 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16020 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16021 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16022 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16023 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16024 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16026 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16027 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16028 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16029 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16030 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16032 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16033 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16034 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16035 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16036 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16037 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16040 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16041 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16042 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16043 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16045 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16046 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16047 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16048 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16049 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16051 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16052 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16053 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16054 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16056 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16057 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16058 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16059 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16060 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16063 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16064 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16065 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16066 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16067 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16068 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16070 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16071 is executing in.\n\
16073 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16074 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16076 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16077 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16078 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16079 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16081 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16082 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16083 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16087 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16091 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16092 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16093 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16094 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16095 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16096 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16097 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16098 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16099 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16100 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16101 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16102 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16103 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16104 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16105 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16106 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16108 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16109 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16110 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16111 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16112 breakpoint set."));
16115 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16116 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16117 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16118 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16119 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16120 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16121 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16122 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16123 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16125 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16126 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16127 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16128 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16129 breakpoint set."));
16131 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16134 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16135 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16136 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16137 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16138 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16139 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16140 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16141 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16142 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16144 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16145 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16146 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16147 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16148 breakpoint set."));
16150 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16151 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16152 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16153 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16154 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16155 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16156 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16157 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16158 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16159 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16160 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16161 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16162 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16164 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16165 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16166 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16167 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16169 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16171 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16172 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16173 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16174 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16176 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16177 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16178 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16179 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16181 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16182 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16183 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16184 catch_catch_command
,
16188 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16189 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16190 catch_throw_command
,
16194 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16195 catch_fork_command_1
,
16197 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16198 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16199 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16200 catch_fork_command_1
,
16202 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16203 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16204 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16205 catch_exec_command_1
,
16209 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16210 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16211 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16212 catch_load_command_1
,
16216 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16217 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16218 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16219 catch_unload_command_1
,
16223 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16224 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16225 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16226 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16227 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16228 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16229 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16230 catch_syscall_completer
,
16234 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16235 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16236 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16237 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16238 an expression changes.\n\
16239 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16240 the memory to which it refers."));
16241 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16243 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16244 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16245 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16246 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16247 an expression is read.\n\
16248 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16249 the memory to which it refers."));
16250 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16252 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16253 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16254 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16255 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16256 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16257 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16258 the memory to which it refers."));
16259 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16261 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16262 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16264 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16265 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16266 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16267 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16268 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16269 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16270 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16271 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16272 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16275 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16276 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16278 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16280 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16282 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16283 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16285 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16286 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16287 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16289 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16290 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16291 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16292 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16294 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16295 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16297 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16298 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16299 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16301 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16302 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16304 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16305 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16306 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16307 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16308 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16309 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16310 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16311 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16312 the selected stack frame.\n\
16313 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16314 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16315 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16316 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16318 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16320 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16321 conditions are different.\n\
16323 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16324 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16325 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16327 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16328 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16329 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16330 last tracepoint set."));
16332 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16334 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16335 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16336 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16337 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16340 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16341 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16342 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16343 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16345 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16347 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16348 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16349 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16350 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16352 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16354 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16355 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16356 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16357 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16358 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16360 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16361 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16362 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16363 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16365 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16366 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16367 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16368 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16369 session to restore them."),
16371 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16373 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16374 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16375 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16377 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16379 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16380 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16382 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16383 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16384 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16385 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16386 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16387 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16388 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16389 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16390 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16391 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16392 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16393 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16395 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16396 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16397 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16398 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16399 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16400 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16401 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16402 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16404 show_pending_break_support
,
16405 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16406 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16408 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16410 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16411 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16412 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16413 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16414 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16415 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16416 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16418 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16419 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16420 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16422 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16423 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16424 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16425 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16426 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16427 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16428 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16429 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16430 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16431 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16432 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16433 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16435 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16436 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16437 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16439 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16440 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16441 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16442 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16443 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16444 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16445 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16446 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16447 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16448 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16449 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16450 be set to \"gdb\""),
16451 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16452 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16453 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16454 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16456 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16457 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16458 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16459 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16460 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16461 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16462 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16463 or the start of the range\n\
16464 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16465 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16466 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16468 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16469 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16470 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16472 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16473 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16474 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16475 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16476 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16477 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16479 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16481 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16482 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16483 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16484 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16485 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16486 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16487 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16488 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16489 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16490 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16491 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16492 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16494 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16495 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16496 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16497 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16498 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16499 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16500 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16502 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16503 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16504 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16505 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16506 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16507 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16508 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16510 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16511 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16512 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16513 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16514 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16515 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16518 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16520 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16521 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16522 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16524 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16526 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);